1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 198 * 199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 202 */ 203 204 /** 205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 206 * 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 222 * 223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 225 * up a connection or after roaming. 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 232 * 233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 240 */ 241 242 /** 243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 244 * 245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 260 * that main netdev. 261 * 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 265 */ 266 267 /** 268 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 269 * 270 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 271 * 272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 273 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 276 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 277 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 278 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 279 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 280 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 281 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 282 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 283 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 284 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 285 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 287 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 288 * 289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 290 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 291 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 292 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 293 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 294 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 295 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 297 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 298 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 300 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 301 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 302 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 303 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 304 * 305 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 306 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 307 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 311 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 313 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 314 * 315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 317 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 318 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 319 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 321 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 322 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 323 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 325 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 326 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 327 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 328 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 329 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 330 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 333 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 334 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 335 * 336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 337 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 338 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 339 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 341 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 343 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 344 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 346 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 347 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 348 * frame). 349 * 350 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 351 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 352 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 354 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 356 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 360 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 361 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 362 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 363 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 364 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 366 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 369 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 370 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 371 * global regdomain will be returned. 372 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 373 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 374 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 375 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 376 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 377 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 378 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 379 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 380 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 381 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 382 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 383 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 384 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 385 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 386 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 387 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 388 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 390 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 392 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 393 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 394 * 395 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 396 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 397 * 398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 400 * 401 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 402 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 403 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 404 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 405 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 406 * added to all specified management frames generated by 407 * kernel/firmware/driver. 408 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 409 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 410 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 411 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 412 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 413 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 414 * 415 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 416 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 418 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 419 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 420 * be used. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 422 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 423 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 424 * partial scan results may be available 425 * 426 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 427 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 429 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 430 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 431 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 432 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 433 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 434 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 435 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 436 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 437 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 438 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 439 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 440 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 441 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 442 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 443 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 444 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 445 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 446 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 447 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 448 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 449 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 450 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 451 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 453 * results available. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 455 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 456 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 457 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 458 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 459 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 460 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 461 * 462 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 463 * or noise level 464 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 465 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 466 * 467 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 468 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 469 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 470 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 471 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 472 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 473 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 474 * ESS. 475 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 476 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 478 * authentication. 479 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 480 * 481 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 482 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 483 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 484 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 485 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 486 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 487 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 488 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 489 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 490 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 491 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 492 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 493 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 494 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 495 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 496 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 497 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 498 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 499 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 500 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 501 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 502 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 503 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 504 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 505 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 506 * the beacon hint was processed. 507 * 508 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 509 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 510 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 511 * authentication process. 512 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 513 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 514 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 515 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 516 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 517 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 518 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 519 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 520 * to be added to the frame. 521 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 522 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 523 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 524 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 525 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 526 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 527 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 528 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 529 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 530 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 531 * pending authentication timed out). 532 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 533 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 534 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 535 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 536 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 537 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 538 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 539 * included). 540 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 541 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 542 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 543 * primitives). 544 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 545 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 546 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 547 * 548 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 549 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 550 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 551 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 552 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 553 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 554 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 557 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 558 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 559 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 560 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 561 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 562 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 563 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 564 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 565 * determined by the network interface. 566 * 567 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 568 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 569 * to the driver. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 572 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 573 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 574 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 575 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 576 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 577 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 578 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 579 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 580 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 581 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 582 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 583 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 584 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 585 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 586 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 587 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 588 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 589 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 590 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 591 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 592 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 593 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 594 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 595 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 596 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 597 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 598 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 599 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 600 * a different BSS is desired. 601 * Background scan period can optionally be 602 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 603 * if not specified default background scan configuration 604 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 605 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 606 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 607 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 608 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 609 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 610 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 611 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 612 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 613 * well to remain backwards compatible. 614 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 615 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 616 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 617 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 618 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 619 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 620 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 621 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 622 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 623 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 624 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 625 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 626 * 627 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 628 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 629 * 630 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 631 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 632 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 633 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 634 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 635 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 636 * frequency for the operation. 637 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 638 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 639 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 640 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 641 * radio). 642 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 643 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 644 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 645 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 646 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 647 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 648 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 649 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 650 * uniquely identify the request. 651 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 652 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 653 * 654 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 655 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 656 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 659 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 660 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 661 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 662 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 663 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 664 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 665 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 666 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 667 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 668 * backward compatibility 669 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 670 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 671 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 672 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 673 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 674 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 675 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 676 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 677 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 678 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 679 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 680 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 681 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 682 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 683 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 685 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 686 * is used during CSA period. 687 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 688 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 689 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 690 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 691 * wait time. 692 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 693 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 694 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 695 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 696 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 697 * the frame. 698 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 699 * backward compatibility. 700 * 701 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 702 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 703 * 704 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 705 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 706 * levels. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 708 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 709 * reached. 710 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 711 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 712 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 713 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 714 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 715 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 716 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 717 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 718 * precedence when they are used. 719 * 720 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 721 * 722 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 723 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 724 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 725 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 726 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 727 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 728 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 729 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 730 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 731 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 732 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 733 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 734 * command, the feature is disabled. 735 * 736 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 737 * mesh config parameters may be given. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 739 * network is determined by the network interface. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 742 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 743 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 744 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 745 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 746 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 747 * 748 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 749 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 750 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 751 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 752 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 753 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 754 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 755 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 756 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 757 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 758 * depending on the authentication result. 759 * 760 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 761 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 762 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 763 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 764 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 765 * more background information, see 766 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 767 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 768 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 770 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 771 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 772 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 773 * 774 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 775 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 776 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 777 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 778 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 779 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 780 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 781 * 782 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 783 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 784 * 785 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 786 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 787 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 788 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 789 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 790 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 791 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 792 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 793 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 794 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 795 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 796 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 797 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 798 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 799 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 800 * 801 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 802 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 803 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 804 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 805 * is received. 806 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 807 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 808 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 809 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 810 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 811 * 812 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 813 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 814 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 815 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 816 * 817 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 818 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 819 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 820 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 821 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 822 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 823 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 824 * 825 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 826 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 827 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 828 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 829 * 830 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 831 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 832 * 833 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 834 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 835 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 836 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 837 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 838 * from the remote AP) is completed; 839 * 840 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 841 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 842 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 843 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 844 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 845 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 846 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 847 * interfaces to change channel as well. 848 * 849 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 850 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 851 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 852 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 853 * public action frame TX. 854 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 855 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 856 * 857 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 858 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 859 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 860 * is used for this. 861 * 862 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 863 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 866 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 867 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 868 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 869 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 870 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 871 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 872 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 873 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 874 * 875 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 876 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 877 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 878 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 879 * while operating on this channel. 880 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 881 * event. 882 * 883 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 884 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 885 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 888 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 891 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 892 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 893 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 894 * 895 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 896 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 897 * complete. 898 * 899 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 900 * return back to normal. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 903 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 904 * 905 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 906 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 907 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 908 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 909 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 910 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 911 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 912 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 913 * switch is complete. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 916 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 917 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 918 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 919 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 920 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 921 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 922 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 925 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 926 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 927 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 928 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 931 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 932 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 933 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 934 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 935 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 936 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 937 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 938 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 939 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 940 * fail even if the check was successful. 941 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 942 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 943 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 944 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 947 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 948 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 949 * 950 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 951 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 952 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 953 * network is determined by the network interface. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 956 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 957 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 958 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 959 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 960 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 961 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 962 * AP. 963 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 964 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 965 * when this command completes. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 968 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 969 * management. 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 972 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 973 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 976 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 977 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 978 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 979 * cluster. This command must have a valid 980 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 981 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 982 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 983 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 984 * added. 985 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 986 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 987 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 988 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 989 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 990 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 991 * of the function upon success. 992 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 993 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 994 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 995 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 996 * which just terminated. 997 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 998 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 999 * the response to this command. 1000 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1001 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1002 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1003 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1004 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1006 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1007 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1008 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1009 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1010 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1011 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1012 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1013 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1014 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1016 * 1017 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1018 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1019 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1020 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1021 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1022 * 1023 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1024 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1025 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1026 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1027 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1028 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1030 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1031 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1032 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1033 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1034 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1035 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1036 * 1037 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1038 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1039 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1040 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1041 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1042 * 802.11 headers. 1043 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1044 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1045 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1046 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1047 * 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1049 * 1050 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1051 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1052 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1053 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1054 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1055 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1056 * 1057 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1058 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1059 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1060 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1061 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1062 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1063 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1065 * command interface. 1066 * 1067 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1068 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1069 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1070 * 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1072 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1073 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1074 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1075 * 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1077 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1078 * 1079 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1080 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1082 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1084 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1085 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1086 * the netlink extended ack message. 1087 * 1088 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1089 * 1090 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1091 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1092 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1093 * buffer size. 1094 * 1095 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1096 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1097 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1098 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1099 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1100 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1101 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1102 * 1103 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1104 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1105 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1106 * determining the width and type. 1107 * 1108 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1109 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1110 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1111 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1112 * 1113 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1114 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1115 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1116 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1117 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1118 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1119 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1120 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1121 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1122 * rate selection. 1123 * 1124 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1125 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1126 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1127 * 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1129 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1130 */ 1131 enum nl80211_commands { 1132 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1133 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1134 1135 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1137 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1138 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1139 1140 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1141 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1142 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1143 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1144 1145 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1146 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1148 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1149 1150 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1152 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1153 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1154 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1155 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1156 1157 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1158 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1159 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1160 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1161 1162 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1163 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1164 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1165 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1166 1167 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1168 1169 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1170 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1171 1172 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1173 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1174 1175 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1176 1177 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1178 1179 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1180 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1181 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1182 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1183 1184 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1185 1186 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1187 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1188 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1189 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1190 1191 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1192 1193 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1194 1195 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1196 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1197 1198 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1199 1200 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1201 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1202 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1203 1204 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1205 1206 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1207 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1208 1209 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1210 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1211 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1212 1213 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1214 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1215 1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1217 1218 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1219 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1220 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1221 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1222 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1223 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1224 1225 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1226 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1227 1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1229 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1230 1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1232 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1233 1234 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1237 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1238 1239 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1240 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1241 1242 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1243 1244 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1245 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1248 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1249 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1250 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1255 1256 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1257 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1258 1259 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1260 1261 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1262 1263 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1264 1265 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1266 1267 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1268 1269 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1270 1271 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1272 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1273 1274 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1275 1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1279 1280 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1281 1282 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1283 1284 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1285 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1288 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1289 1290 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1291 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1292 1293 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1294 1295 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1296 1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1298 1299 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1300 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1301 1302 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1303 1304 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1305 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1308 1309 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1310 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1311 1312 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1313 1314 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1317 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1318 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1319 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1320 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1321 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1326 1327 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1328 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1329 1330 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1333 1334 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1335 1336 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1337 1338 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1339 1340 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1341 1342 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1343 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1344 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1345 1346 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1347 1348 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1349 1350 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1351 1352 /* add new commands above here */ 1353 1354 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1355 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1356 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1357 }; 1358 1359 /* 1360 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1361 * here 1362 */ 1363 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1364 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1365 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1366 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1367 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1368 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1369 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1370 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1371 1372 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1373 1374 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1375 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1376 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1377 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1378 1379 /** 1380 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1381 * 1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1383 * 1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1385 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1389 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1390 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1391 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1392 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1394 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1395 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1397 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1399 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1401 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1402 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1403 * this attribute) 1404 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1405 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1406 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1407 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1409 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1410 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1412 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1413 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1415 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1416 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1418 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1419 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1421 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1422 * 1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1426 * 1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1428 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1429 * 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1431 * 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1433 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1434 * keys 1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1437 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1439 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1442 * default management key 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1444 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1446 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1447 * 1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1452 * 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1455 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1457 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1459 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1460 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1462 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1464 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1465 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1466 * 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1468 * consisting of a nested array. 1469 * 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1472 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1475 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1476 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1477 * 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1479 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1480 * 1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1482 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1483 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1484 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1485 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1486 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1487 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1488 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1489 * to a specific alpha2. 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1491 * rules. 1492 * 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1495 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1497 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1499 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1500 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1501 * 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1503 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1504 * 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1506 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1507 * of the interface mode. 1508 * 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1510 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1511 * 1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1513 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1514 * 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1516 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1518 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1520 * that can be added to a scan request 1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1522 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1524 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1525 * 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1528 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1532 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1534 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1535 * 1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1537 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1538 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1539 * 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1541 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1542 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1545 * represented as a u32 1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1547 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1548 * 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1550 * a u32 1551 * 1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1553 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1554 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1555 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1556 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1558 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1559 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1560 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1561 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1562 * 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1564 * cipher suites 1565 * 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1567 * for other networks on different channels 1568 * 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1570 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1571 * 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1573 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1574 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1575 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1576 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1577 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1578 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1579 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1580 * 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1582 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1583 * 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1585 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1586 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1587 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1588 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1589 * default in station mode. 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1591 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1592 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1593 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1594 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1595 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1597 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1598 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1600 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1601 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1602 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1603 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1604 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1605 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1606 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1607 * flag. 1608 * 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1610 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1613 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1614 * a local disconnect request. 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1616 * event (u16) 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1618 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1619 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1620 * 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1622 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1623 * (an array of u32). 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1625 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1626 * u32). 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1628 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1629 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1631 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1632 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1633 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1634 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1635 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1636 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1637 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1638 * 1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1640 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1642 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1643 * 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1645 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1646 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1647 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1648 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1651 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1653 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1654 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1655 * 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1657 * 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1659 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1660 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1661 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1662 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1663 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1664 * completely from scratch. 1665 * 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1667 * 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1669 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1670 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1671 * 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1674 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1675 * 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1678 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1679 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1680 * 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1682 * 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1684 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1685 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1686 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1687 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1688 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1689 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1690 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1691 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1692 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1693 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1694 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1695 * 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1697 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1699 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1701 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1702 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1703 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1705 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1706 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1707 * 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1709 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1712 * 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1714 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1715 * 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1717 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1718 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1719 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1720 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1721 * 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1723 * connected to this BSS. 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1726 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1728 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1729 * for non-automatic settings. 1730 * 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1732 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1735 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1736 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1737 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1738 * 1739 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1740 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1741 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1742 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1743 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1744 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1745 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1746 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1747 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1748 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1749 * 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1751 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1752 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1753 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1754 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1755 * 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1757 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1758 * 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1760 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1761 * 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1763 * 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1765 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1766 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1767 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1768 * nl80211 capability flag. 1769 * 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1771 * 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1773 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1774 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1775 * 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1777 * changed once the mesh is active. 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1779 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1781 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1782 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1784 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1785 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1786 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1787 * 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1789 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1791 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1792 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1793 * triggers. 1794 * 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1796 * cycles, in msecs. 1797 * 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1799 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1800 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1801 * pass-thru filter rules. 1802 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1803 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1804 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1805 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1806 * able to ignore them by itself. 1807 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1808 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1809 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1810 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1811 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1812 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1813 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1814 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1817 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1818 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1820 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1821 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1822 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1825 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1828 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1829 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1830 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1833 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1834 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1835 * 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1837 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1838 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1839 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1841 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1842 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1843 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1844 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1845 * 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1847 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1849 * as AP. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1852 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1855 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1858 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1859 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1860 * applications use this attribute. 1861 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1862 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1865 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1866 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1868 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1870 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1872 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1874 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1875 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1876 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1877 * 1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1879 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1880 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1881 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1884 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1885 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1886 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1887 * 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1889 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1891 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1892 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1893 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1894 * 1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1896 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1897 * to be filled by the FW. 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1899 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1901 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1902 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1903 * The values that may be configured are: 1904 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1905 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1906 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1907 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1908 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1911 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1912 * to one DFS region. 1913 * 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1915 * up to 16 TIDs. 1916 * 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1918 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1919 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1920 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1921 * capability to timeout the stations. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1924 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1925 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1928 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1931 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1932 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1933 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1934 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1937 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1938 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1941 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1942 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1943 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1944 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1945 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1946 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1947 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1948 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1949 * consistent. 1950 * 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1952 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1953 * 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1957 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1959 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1960 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1961 * no change is made. 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1964 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1965 * 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1967 * carried in a u32 attribute 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1970 * MAC ACL. 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1973 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1974 * ACL. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1977 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1980 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1981 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1983 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1986 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1987 * 1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1989 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1990 * and PU-APSD. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1993 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1994 * 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1996 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1997 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1998 * 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2000 * 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2002 * Element 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2005 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2007 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2010 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2011 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2012 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2017 * until the channel switch event. 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2019 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2020 * operation). 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2022 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2024 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2026 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2027 * 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2029 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2034 * supported operating classes. 2035 * 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2037 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2038 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2039 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2040 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2041 * IBSS network. 2042 * 2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2044 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2046 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2047 * 2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2049 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2050 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2051 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2052 * u8 attribute. 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2055 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2058 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2060 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2061 * 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2063 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2064 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2065 * 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2070 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2071 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2072 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2073 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2074 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2077 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2079 * supported number of csa counters. 2080 * 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2082 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2083 * 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2085 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2086 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2087 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2088 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2089 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2090 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2091 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2092 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2093 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2094 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2095 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2096 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2097 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2098 * multicast group. 2099 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2100 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2101 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2102 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2103 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2104 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2105 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2106 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2107 * 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2109 * the TDLS link initiator. 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2112 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2113 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2114 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2115 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2116 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2117 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2118 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2119 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2120 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2121 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2122 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2125 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2126 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2127 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2128 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2133 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2134 * 2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2136 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2139 * 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2141 * 2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2143 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2144 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2145 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2146 * 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2148 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2149 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2150 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2151 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2152 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2153 * 2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2155 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2156 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2157 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2158 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2159 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2160 * over all channels. 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2163 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2164 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2165 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2166 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2168 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2169 * 2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2171 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2173 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2175 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2177 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2178 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2179 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2180 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2181 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2183 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2184 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2185 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2187 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2188 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2189 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2190 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2191 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2192 * 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2194 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2195 * 2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2199 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2200 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2201 * interface type. 2202 * 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2204 * groupID for monitor mode. 2205 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2206 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2207 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2208 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2209 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2210 * each group. 2211 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2212 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2213 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2214 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2215 * groupID data. 2216 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2218 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2219 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2220 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2221 * 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2223 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2224 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2225 * attribute must not be included). 2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2227 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2229 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2230 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2231 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2232 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2234 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2235 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2236 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2239 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2240 * 2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2242 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2243 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2244 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2245 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2247 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2248 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2249 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2250 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2251 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2252 * the device will decide what to use. 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2254 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2255 * attribute. 2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2257 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2259 * protection. 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2261 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2262 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2265 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2268 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2269 * 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2271 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2272 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2273 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2274 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2275 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2276 * unnecessary wakeups. 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2279 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2280 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2281 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2282 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2285 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2286 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2287 * 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2289 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2290 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2291 * 2292 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2293 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2294 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2295 * 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2297 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2298 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2299 * 2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2301 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2302 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2303 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2304 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2305 * 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2307 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2309 * 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2311 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2312 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2313 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2314 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2315 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2318 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2320 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2321 * 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2323 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2324 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2327 * 2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2329 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2330 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2331 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2333 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2334 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2335 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2336 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2337 * 2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2339 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2342 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2344 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2346 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2347 * enforced. 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2349 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2351 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2352 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2353 * 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2355 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2356 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2357 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2360 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2363 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2364 * invalid value. 2365 * 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2367 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2368 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2369 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2370 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2373 * scheduler. 2374 * 2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2376 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2377 * possible values. 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2379 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2380 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2381 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2382 * or per-station. 2383 * 2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2385 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2386 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2387 * 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2389 * 2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2391 * functionality. 2392 * 2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2394 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2395 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2397 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2398 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2399 * 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2401 * (u16). 2402 * 2403 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2405 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2406 */ 2407 enum nl80211_attrs { 2408 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2409 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2410 2411 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2412 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2415 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2416 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2419 2420 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2421 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2422 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2423 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2424 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2425 2426 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2427 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2428 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2429 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2430 2431 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2432 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2433 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2434 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2435 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2436 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2437 2438 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2439 2440 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2441 2442 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2443 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2444 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2445 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2446 2447 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2448 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2449 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2452 2453 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2454 2455 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2456 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2457 2458 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2459 2460 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2461 2462 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2463 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2464 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2465 2466 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2467 2468 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2469 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2470 2471 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2472 2473 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2474 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2475 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2476 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2477 2478 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2479 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2480 2481 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2482 2483 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2484 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2485 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2491 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2492 2493 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2497 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2500 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2501 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2502 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2503 2504 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2505 2506 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2507 2508 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2509 2510 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2513 2514 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2515 2516 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2517 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2518 2519 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2520 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2521 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2522 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2523 2524 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2525 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2526 2527 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2528 2529 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2530 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2548 2549 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2550 2551 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2556 2557 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2558 2559 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2560 2561 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2563 2564 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2565 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2567 2568 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2570 2571 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2574 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2575 2576 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2579 2580 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2581 2582 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2583 2584 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2585 2586 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2587 2588 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2590 2591 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2592 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2593 2594 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2595 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2598 2599 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2601 2602 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2606 2607 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2608 2609 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2610 2611 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2612 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2613 2614 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2615 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2618 2619 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2620 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2630 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2631 2632 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2635 2636 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2639 2640 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2641 2642 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2643 2644 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2645 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2654 2655 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2656 2657 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2658 2659 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2660 2661 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2664 2665 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2666 2667 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2668 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2669 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2670 2671 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2672 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2677 2678 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2679 2680 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2681 2682 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2683 2684 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2685 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2688 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2689 2690 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2691 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2695 2696 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2697 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2703 2704 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2709 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2715 2716 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2717 2718 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2719 2720 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2721 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2722 2723 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2724 2725 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2726 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2727 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2728 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2729 2730 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2731 2732 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2742 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2743 2744 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2745 2746 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2747 2748 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2749 2750 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2751 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2752 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2761 2762 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2763 2764 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2771 2772 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2775 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2776 2777 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2778 2779 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2784 2785 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2786 2787 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2788 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2791 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2792 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2793 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2796 2797 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2798 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2799 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2800 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2803 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2810 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2816 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2817 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2818 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2821 2822 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2823 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2824 2825 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2826 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2828 2829 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2830 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2831 2832 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2833 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2838 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2839 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2840 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2841 2842 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2843 2844 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2845 2846 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2847 2848 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2851 2852 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2853 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2857 2858 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2859 2860 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2861 2862 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2863 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2864 2865 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2866 2867 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2868 2869 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2870 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2872 }; 2873 2874 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2875 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2876 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2877 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2878 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2879 2880 /* 2881 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2882 * here 2883 */ 2884 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2885 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2886 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2887 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2888 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2889 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2890 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2891 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2892 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2893 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2894 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2895 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2896 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2897 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2898 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2899 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2900 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2901 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2902 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2903 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2904 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2905 2906 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2907 2908 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2909 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2910 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2911 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2912 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2913 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2914 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2915 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2916 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2917 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2918 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2919 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2920 2921 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2922 2923 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2924 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2925 2926 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2927 2928 /** 2929 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2930 * 2931 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2932 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2933 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2934 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2935 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2936 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2937 * AP type interface. 2938 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2939 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2940 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2941 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2942 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2943 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2944 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2945 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2946 * commands to create and destroy one 2947 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2948 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2949 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2950 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2951 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2952 * 2953 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2954 * to set the type of an interface. 2955 * 2956 */ 2957 enum nl80211_iftype { 2958 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2959 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2960 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2961 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2962 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2963 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2964 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2965 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2966 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2967 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2968 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2969 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2970 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2971 2972 /* keep last */ 2973 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2974 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2975 }; 2976 2977 /** 2978 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2979 * 2980 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2981 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2982 * 2983 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2984 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2985 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2986 * with short barker preamble 2987 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2988 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2989 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2990 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2991 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2992 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2993 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2994 * as errors.) 2995 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2996 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2997 * previously added station into associated state 2998 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2999 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3000 */ 3001 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3002 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3003 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3004 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3005 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3006 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3007 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3008 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3009 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3010 3011 /* keep last */ 3012 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3013 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3014 }; 3015 3016 /** 3017 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3018 * 3019 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3020 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3021 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3022 */ 3023 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3024 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3025 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3026 3027 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3028 }; 3029 3030 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3031 3032 /** 3033 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3034 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3035 * @set: which values to set them to 3036 * 3037 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3038 */ 3039 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3040 __u32 mask; 3041 __u32 set; 3042 } __attribute__((packed)); 3043 3044 /** 3045 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3049 */ 3050 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3051 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3052 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3053 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3054 }; 3055 3056 /** 3057 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3060 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3065 */ 3066 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3067 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3068 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3069 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3070 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3071 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3072 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3074 }; 3075 3076 /** 3077 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3078 * 3079 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3080 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3081 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3082 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3083 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3084 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3085 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3086 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3087 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3088 * 3089 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3090 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3093 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3094 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3096 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3097 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3098 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3099 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3100 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3101 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3102 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3103 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3104 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3105 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3106 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3107 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3108 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3109 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3110 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3111 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3112 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3113 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3114 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3115 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3116 */ 3117 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3118 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3119 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3120 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3121 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3122 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3123 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3124 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3125 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3126 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3127 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3128 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3129 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3130 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3131 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3132 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3133 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3134 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3135 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3136 3137 /* keep last */ 3138 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3139 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3140 }; 3141 3142 /** 3143 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3144 * 3145 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3146 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3147 * 3148 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3149 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3150 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3151 * (flag) 3152 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3153 * (flag) 3154 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3155 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3156 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3157 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3158 */ 3159 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3160 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3161 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3162 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3163 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3164 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3165 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3166 3167 /* keep last */ 3168 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3169 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3170 }; 3171 3172 /** 3173 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3174 * 3175 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3176 * when getting information about a station. 3177 * 3178 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3181 * (u32, from this station) 3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3183 * (u32, to this station) 3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3185 * (u64, from this station) 3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3187 * (u64, to this station) 3188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3190 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3192 * (u32, from this station) 3193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3194 * (u32, to this station) 3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3197 * (u32, to this station) 3198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3199 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3200 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3201 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3202 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3204 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3206 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3208 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3212 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3214 * non-peer STA 3215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3216 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3218 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3219 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3220 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3222 * (u64) 3223 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3225 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3226 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3227 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3228 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3229 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3230 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3231 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3232 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3233 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3235 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3236 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3237 * (u32, from this station) 3238 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3239 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3240 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3241 * might not be fully accurate. 3242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3243 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3245 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3247 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3249 * of STA's association 3250 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3251 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3252 */ 3253 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3254 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3255 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3256 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3257 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3258 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3259 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3260 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3261 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3262 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3263 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3265 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3266 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3267 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3268 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3269 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3270 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3271 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3272 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3273 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3274 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3275 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3276 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3277 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3278 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3279 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3280 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3281 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3282 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3283 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3284 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3285 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3286 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3287 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3288 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3289 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3290 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3291 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3292 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3293 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3294 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3295 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3296 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3297 3298 /* keep last */ 3299 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3300 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3301 }; 3302 3303 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3304 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3305 3306 3307 /** 3308 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3309 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3310 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3311 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3312 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3313 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3314 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3315 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3316 * MSDUs (u64) 3317 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3318 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3319 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3320 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3321 */ 3322 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3323 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3324 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3325 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3326 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3327 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3328 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3329 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3330 3331 /* keep last */ 3332 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3333 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3334 }; 3335 3336 /** 3337 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3338 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3339 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3340 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3341 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3342 * backlogged 3343 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3344 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3345 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3346 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3347 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3348 * (only for per-phy stats) 3349 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3350 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3351 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3352 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3353 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3354 */ 3355 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3356 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3357 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3358 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3359 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3360 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3361 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3362 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3363 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3364 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3365 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3366 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3367 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3368 3369 /* keep last */ 3370 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3371 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3372 }; 3373 3374 /** 3375 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3376 * 3377 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3378 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3379 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3380 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3381 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3382 */ 3383 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3384 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3385 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3386 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3387 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3388 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3389 }; 3390 3391 /** 3392 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3393 * 3394 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3395 * information about a mesh path. 3396 * 3397 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3398 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3399 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3400 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3401 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3402 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3403 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3404 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3405 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3406 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3407 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3408 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3409 * currently defined 3410 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3411 */ 3412 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3413 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3414 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3415 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3416 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3417 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3418 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3419 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3420 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3421 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3422 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3423 3424 /* keep last */ 3425 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3426 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3427 }; 3428 3429 /** 3430 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3431 * 3432 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3433 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3434 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3435 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3436 * capabilities IE 3437 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3438 * capabilities IE 3439 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3440 * capabilities IE 3441 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3442 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3443 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3444 * defined 3445 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3446 */ 3447 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3448 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3449 3450 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3451 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3452 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3453 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3454 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3455 3456 /* keep last */ 3457 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3458 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3459 }; 3460 3461 /** 3462 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3463 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3464 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3465 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3466 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3467 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3468 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3469 * defined in 802.11n 3470 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3471 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3472 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3473 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3474 * defined in 802.11ac 3475 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3476 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3477 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3478 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3479 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3480 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3481 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3482 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3483 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3484 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3485 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3486 */ 3487 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3488 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3489 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3490 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3491 3492 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3493 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3494 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3495 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3496 3497 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3498 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3499 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3500 3501 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3502 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3503 3504 /* keep last */ 3505 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3506 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3507 }; 3508 3509 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3510 3511 /** 3512 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3513 * 3514 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3515 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3516 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3517 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3518 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3519 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3520 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3521 */ 3522 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3523 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3524 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3525 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3526 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3527 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3528 3529 /* keep last */ 3530 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3531 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3532 }; 3533 3534 /** 3535 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3536 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3537 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3538 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3539 * regulatory domain. 3540 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3541 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3542 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3543 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3544 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3545 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3546 * (100 * dBm). 3547 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3548 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3549 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3550 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3551 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3552 * channel as the control channel 3553 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3554 * channel as the control channel 3555 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3556 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3557 * this includes 80+80 channels 3558 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3559 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3560 * isn't possible 3561 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3562 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3563 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3564 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3565 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3566 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3567 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3568 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3569 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3570 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3571 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3572 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3573 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3574 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3575 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3576 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3577 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3578 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3579 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3580 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3581 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3582 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3583 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3584 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3585 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3586 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3587 * currently defined 3588 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3589 * 3590 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3591 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3592 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3593 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3594 */ 3595 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3596 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3597 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3598 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3599 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3600 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3601 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3602 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3603 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3604 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3605 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3606 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3607 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3608 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3609 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3610 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3611 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3612 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3613 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3614 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3615 3616 /* keep last */ 3617 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3618 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3619 }; 3620 3621 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3622 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3623 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3624 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3625 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3626 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3627 3628 /** 3629 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3630 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3631 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3632 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3633 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3634 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3635 * currently defined 3636 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3637 */ 3638 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3639 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3640 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3641 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3642 3643 /* keep last */ 3644 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3645 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3646 }; 3647 3648 /** 3649 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3650 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3651 * regulatory domain. 3652 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3653 * regulatory domain. 3654 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3655 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3656 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3657 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3658 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3659 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3660 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3661 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3662 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3663 */ 3664 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3665 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3666 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3667 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3668 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3669 }; 3670 3671 /** 3672 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3673 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3674 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3675 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3676 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3677 * domain. 3678 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3679 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3680 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3681 * them to be applied. 3682 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3683 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3684 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3685 * domain request to be processed. 3686 */ 3687 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3688 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3689 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3690 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3691 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3692 }; 3693 3694 /** 3695 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3696 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3697 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3698 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3699 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3700 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3701 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3702 * band edge. 3703 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3704 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3705 * band edge. 3706 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3707 * frequency range, in KHz. 3708 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3709 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3710 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3711 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3712 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3713 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3714 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3715 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3716 * currently defined 3717 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3718 */ 3719 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3720 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3721 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3722 3723 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3724 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3725 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3726 3727 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3728 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3729 3730 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3731 3732 /* keep last */ 3733 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3734 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3735 }; 3736 3737 /** 3738 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3739 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3740 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3741 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3742 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3743 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3744 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3745 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3746 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3747 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3748 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3749 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3750 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3751 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3752 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3753 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3754 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3755 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3756 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3757 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3758 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3759 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3760 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3761 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3762 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3763 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3764 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3765 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3766 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3767 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3768 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3769 * attribute number currently defined 3770 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3771 */ 3772 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3773 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3774 3775 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3776 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3777 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3778 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3779 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3780 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3781 3782 /* keep last */ 3783 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3784 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3785 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3786 }; 3787 3788 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3789 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3790 3791 /** 3792 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3793 * 3794 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3795 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3796 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3797 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3798 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3799 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3800 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3801 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3802 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3803 * beaconing. 3804 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3805 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3806 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3807 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3808 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3809 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3810 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3811 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3812 */ 3813 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3814 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3815 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3816 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3817 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3818 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3819 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3820 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3821 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3822 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3823 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3824 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3825 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3826 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3827 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3828 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3829 }; 3830 3831 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3832 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3833 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3834 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3835 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3836 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3837 3838 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3839 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3840 3841 /** 3842 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3843 * 3844 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3845 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3846 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3847 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3848 */ 3849 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3850 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3851 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3852 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3853 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3854 }; 3855 3856 /** 3857 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3858 * 3859 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3860 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3861 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3862 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3863 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3864 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3865 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3866 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3867 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3868 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3869 * supported feature. 3870 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3871 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3872 */ 3873 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3874 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3875 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3876 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3877 }; 3878 3879 /** 3880 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3881 * 3882 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3883 * when getting information about a survey. 3884 * 3885 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3886 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3887 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3888 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3889 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3890 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3891 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3892 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3893 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3894 * channel was sensed busy 3895 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3896 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3897 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3898 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3899 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3900 * (on this channel or globally) 3901 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3902 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3903 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 3904 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3905 * currently defined 3906 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3907 */ 3908 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3909 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3910 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3911 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3912 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3913 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3914 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3915 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3916 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3917 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3918 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3919 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3920 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 3921 3922 /* keep last */ 3923 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3924 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3925 }; 3926 3927 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3928 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3929 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3930 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3931 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3932 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3933 3934 /** 3935 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3936 * 3937 * Monitor configuration flags. 3938 * 3939 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3940 * 3941 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3942 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3943 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3944 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3945 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3946 * overrides all other flags. 3947 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3948 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3949 * 3950 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3951 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3952 */ 3953 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3954 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3955 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3956 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3957 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3958 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3959 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3960 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3961 3962 /* keep last */ 3963 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3964 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3965 }; 3966 3967 /** 3968 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3969 * 3970 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3971 * not known or has not been set yet. 3972 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3973 * in Awake state all the time. 3974 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3975 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3976 * neighbor's beacons. 3977 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3978 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3979 * for neighbor's beacons. 3980 * 3981 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3982 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3983 */ 3984 3985 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3986 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3987 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3988 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3989 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3990 3991 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3992 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3993 }; 3994 3995 /** 3996 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3997 * 3998 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3999 * active. 4000 * 4001 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4002 * 4003 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4004 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4005 * 4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4007 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4008 * 4009 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4010 * millisecond units 4011 * 4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4013 * on this mesh interface 4014 * 4015 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4016 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4017 * mesh 4018 * 4019 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4020 * point. 4021 * 4022 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4023 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4024 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4025 * set. 4026 * 4027 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4028 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4029 * target) 4030 * 4031 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4032 * (in milliseconds) 4033 * 4034 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4035 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4036 * 4037 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4038 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4039 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4040 * 4041 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4042 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4043 * reference element 4044 * 4045 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4046 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4047 * mesh 4048 * 4049 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4050 * 4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4052 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4053 * 4054 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4055 * root announcements are transmitted. 4056 * 4057 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4058 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4059 * Announcement frames. 4060 * 4061 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4062 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4063 * PERR element. 4064 * 4065 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4066 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4067 * 4068 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4069 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4070 * a peer link. 4071 * 4072 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4073 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4074 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4075 * 4076 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4077 * 4078 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4079 * 4080 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4081 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4082 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4083 * 4084 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4085 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4086 * 4087 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4088 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4089 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4090 * 4091 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4092 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4093 * 4094 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4095 * 4096 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4097 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4098 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4099 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4100 * 4101 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4102 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4103 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4104 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4105 * 4106 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4107 */ 4108 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4109 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4110 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4111 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4112 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4113 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4114 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4115 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4116 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4117 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4118 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4119 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4120 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4121 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4122 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4123 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4124 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4125 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4126 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4127 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4128 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4129 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4130 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4131 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4132 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4133 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4134 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4135 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4136 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4137 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4138 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4139 4140 /* keep last */ 4141 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4142 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4143 }; 4144 4145 /** 4146 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4147 * 4148 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4149 * changed while the mesh is active. 4150 * 4151 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4152 * 4153 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4154 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4155 * default HWMP. 4156 * 4157 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4158 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4159 * metric. 4160 * 4161 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4162 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4163 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4164 * metrics in use. 4165 * 4166 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4167 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4168 * 4169 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4170 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4171 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4172 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4173 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4174 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4175 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4176 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4177 * userspace daemon. 4178 * 4179 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4180 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4181 * neighbor offset synchronization 4182 * 4183 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4184 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4185 * 4186 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4187 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4188 * Default is no authentication method required. 4189 * 4190 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4191 * 4192 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4193 */ 4194 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4195 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4196 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4197 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4198 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4199 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4200 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4201 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4202 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4203 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4204 4205 /* keep last */ 4206 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4207 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4208 }; 4209 4210 /** 4211 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4212 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4213 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4214 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4215 * disabled 4216 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4217 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4218 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4219 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4220 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4221 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4222 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4223 */ 4224 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4225 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4226 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4227 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4228 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4229 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4230 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4231 4232 /* keep last */ 4233 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4234 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4235 }; 4236 4237 enum nl80211_ac { 4238 NL80211_AC_VO, 4239 NL80211_AC_VI, 4240 NL80211_AC_BE, 4241 NL80211_AC_BK, 4242 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4243 }; 4244 4245 /* backward compat */ 4246 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4247 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4248 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4249 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4250 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4251 4252 /** 4253 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4254 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4255 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4256 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4257 * below the control channel 4258 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4259 * above the control channel 4260 */ 4261 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4262 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4263 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4264 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4265 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4266 }; 4267 4268 /** 4269 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4270 * 4271 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4272 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4273 * 4274 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4275 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4276 * 4277 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4278 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4279 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4280 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4281 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4282 */ 4283 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4284 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4285 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4286 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4287 }; 4288 4289 /** 4290 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4291 * 4292 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4293 * attribute. 4294 * 4295 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4296 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4297 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4298 * attribute must be provided as well 4299 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4300 * attribute must be provided as well 4301 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4302 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4303 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4304 * attribute must be provided as well 4305 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4306 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4307 */ 4308 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4309 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4310 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4311 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4312 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4313 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4314 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4315 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4316 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4317 }; 4318 4319 /** 4320 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4321 * 4322 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4323 * 4324 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4325 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4326 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4327 */ 4328 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4329 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4330 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4331 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4332 }; 4333 4334 /** 4335 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4336 * 4337 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4338 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4339 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4340 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4341 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4342 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4343 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4344 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4345 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4346 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4347 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4348 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4349 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4350 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4351 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4352 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4353 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4354 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4355 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4356 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4357 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4358 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4359 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4360 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4361 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4362 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4363 * yet been received 4364 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4365 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4366 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4367 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4368 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4369 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4370 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4371 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4372 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4373 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4374 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4375 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4376 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4377 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4378 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4379 * is set. 4380 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4381 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4382 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4383 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4384 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4385 */ 4386 enum nl80211_bss { 4387 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4388 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4389 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4390 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4391 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4392 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4393 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4394 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4395 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4396 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4397 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4398 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4399 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4400 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4401 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4402 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4403 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4404 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4405 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4406 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4407 4408 /* keep last */ 4409 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4410 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4411 }; 4412 4413 /** 4414 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4415 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4416 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4417 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4418 * a given BSS. 4419 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4420 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4421 * 4422 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4423 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4424 */ 4425 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4426 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4427 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4428 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4429 }; 4430 4431 /** 4432 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4433 * 4434 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4435 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4436 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4437 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4438 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4439 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4440 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4441 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4442 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4443 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4444 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4445 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4446 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4447 */ 4448 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4449 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4450 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4451 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4452 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4453 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4454 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4455 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4456 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4457 4458 /* keep last */ 4459 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4460 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4461 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4462 }; 4463 4464 /** 4465 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4466 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4467 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4468 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4469 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4470 */ 4471 enum nl80211_key_type { 4472 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4473 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4474 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4475 4476 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4477 }; 4478 4479 /** 4480 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4481 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4482 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4483 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4484 */ 4485 enum nl80211_mfp { 4486 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4487 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4488 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4489 }; 4490 4491 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4492 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4493 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4494 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4495 }; 4496 4497 /** 4498 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4499 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4500 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4501 * unicast key 4502 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4503 * multicast key 4504 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4505 */ 4506 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4507 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4508 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4509 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4510 4511 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4512 }; 4513 4514 /** 4515 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4516 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4517 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4518 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4519 * keys 4520 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4521 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4522 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4523 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4524 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4525 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4526 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4527 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4528 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4529 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4530 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4531 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4532 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4533 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4534 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4535 * 4536 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4537 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4538 */ 4539 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4540 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4541 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4542 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4543 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4544 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4545 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4546 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4547 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4548 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4549 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4550 4551 /* keep last */ 4552 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4553 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4554 }; 4555 4556 /** 4557 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4558 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4559 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4560 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4561 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4562 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4563 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4564 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4565 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4566 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4567 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4568 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4569 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4570 */ 4571 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4572 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4573 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4574 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4575 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4576 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4577 4578 /* keep last */ 4579 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4580 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4581 }; 4582 4583 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4584 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4585 4586 /** 4587 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4588 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4589 */ 4590 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4591 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4592 }; 4593 4594 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4595 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4596 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4597 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4598 }; 4599 4600 /** 4601 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4602 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4603 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4604 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4605 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4606 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4607 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4608 */ 4609 enum nl80211_band { 4610 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4611 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4612 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4613 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4614 4615 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4616 }; 4617 4618 /** 4619 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4620 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4621 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4622 */ 4623 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4624 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4625 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4626 }; 4627 4628 /** 4629 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4630 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4631 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4632 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4633 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4634 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4635 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4636 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4638 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4639 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4640 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4641 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4642 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4643 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4644 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4645 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4647 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4648 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4649 * checked. 4650 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4651 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4652 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4653 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4654 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4655 * loss event 4656 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4657 * RSSI threshold event. 4658 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4659 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4660 */ 4661 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4662 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4663 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4664 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4665 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4666 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4667 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4668 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4669 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4670 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4671 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4672 4673 /* keep last */ 4674 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4675 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4676 }; 4677 4678 /** 4679 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4680 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4681 * configured threshold 4682 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4683 * configured threshold 4684 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4685 */ 4686 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4687 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4688 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4689 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4690 }; 4691 4692 4693 /** 4694 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4695 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4696 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4697 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4698 */ 4699 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4700 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4701 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4702 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4703 }; 4704 4705 /** 4706 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4707 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4708 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4709 * a zero bit are ignored 4710 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4711 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4712 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4713 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4714 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4715 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4716 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4717 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4718 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4719 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4720 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4721 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4722 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4723 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4724 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4725 */ 4726 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4727 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4728 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4729 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4730 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4731 4732 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4733 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4734 }; 4735 4736 /** 4737 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4738 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4739 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4740 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4741 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4742 * 4743 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4744 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4745 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4746 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4747 * by the kernel to userspace. 4748 */ 4749 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4750 __u32 max_patterns; 4751 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4752 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4753 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4754 } __attribute__((packed)); 4755 4756 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4757 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4758 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4759 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4760 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4761 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4762 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4763 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4764 4765 /** 4766 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4767 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4768 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4769 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4770 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4771 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4772 * any others are even supported by the device. 4773 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4774 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4775 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4776 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4777 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4778 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4779 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4780 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4781 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4782 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4783 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4784 * 4785 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4786 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4787 * 4788 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4789 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4790 * to the kernel when configuring. 4791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4792 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4793 * by the device (flag) 4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4795 * done by the device) (flag) 4796 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4797 * packet (flag) 4798 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4799 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4800 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4801 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4802 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4803 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4804 * attribute contains the original length. 4805 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4806 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4807 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4808 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4809 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4810 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4811 * contains the original length. 4812 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4813 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4814 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4815 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4816 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4817 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4818 * the TCP connection. 4819 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4820 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4821 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4822 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4823 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4824 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4825 * service 4826 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4827 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4828 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4829 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4830 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4831 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4832 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4833 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4834 * supported by the driver (u32). 4835 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4836 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4837 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4838 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4839 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4840 * occurred. 4841 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4842 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4843 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4844 * these attributes must be present. If 4845 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4846 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4847 * channel. 4848 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4849 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4850 * 4851 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4852 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4853 */ 4854 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4855 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4856 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4857 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4858 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4859 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4860 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4861 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4862 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4863 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4864 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4865 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4866 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4867 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4868 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4869 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4870 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4871 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4872 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4873 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4874 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4875 4876 /* keep last */ 4877 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4878 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4879 }; 4880 4881 /** 4882 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4883 * 4884 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4885 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4886 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4887 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4888 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4889 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4890 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4891 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4892 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4893 * 4894 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4895 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4896 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4897 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4898 * also woken up. 4899 * 4900 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4901 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4902 */ 4903 4904 /** 4905 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4906 * @start: starting value 4907 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4908 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4909 * 4910 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4911 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4912 * in little endian. 4913 */ 4914 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4915 __u32 start, offset, len; 4916 }; 4917 4918 /** 4919 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4920 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4921 * @len: length of each token 4922 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4923 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4924 */ 4925 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4926 __u32 offset, len; 4927 __u8 token_stream[]; 4928 }; 4929 4930 /** 4931 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4932 * @min_len: minimum token length 4933 * @max_len: maximum token length 4934 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4935 */ 4936 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4937 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4938 }; 4939 4940 /** 4941 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4942 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4943 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4944 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4945 * (in network byte order) 4946 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4947 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4948 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4949 * might require ARP querying. 4950 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4951 * socket and port will be allocated 4952 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4953 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4954 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4955 * of the data payload. 4956 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4957 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4958 * advertising it is just a flag 4959 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4960 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4961 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4962 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4963 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4964 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4965 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4966 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4967 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4968 * but on the TCP payload only. 4969 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4970 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4971 */ 4972 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4973 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4974 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4975 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4976 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4977 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4978 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4979 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4980 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4981 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4982 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4983 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4984 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4985 4986 /* keep last */ 4987 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4988 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4989 }; 4990 4991 /** 4992 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4993 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4994 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4995 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4996 * 4997 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4998 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4999 */ 5000 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5001 __u32 max_rules; 5002 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5003 __u32 max_delay; 5004 } __attribute__((packed)); 5005 5006 /** 5007 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5008 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5010 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5011 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5012 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5013 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5014 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5015 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5016 */ 5017 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5018 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5019 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5020 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5021 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5022 5023 /* keep last */ 5024 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5025 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5026 }; 5027 5028 /** 5029 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5030 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5031 * in a rule are matched. 5032 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5033 * in a rule are not matched. 5034 */ 5035 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5036 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5037 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5038 }; 5039 5040 /** 5041 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5042 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5043 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5044 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5045 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5046 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5047 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5048 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5049 */ 5050 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5051 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5052 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5053 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5054 5055 /* keep last */ 5056 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5057 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5058 }; 5059 5060 /** 5061 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5062 * 5063 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5064 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5065 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5066 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5067 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5068 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5069 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5070 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5071 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5072 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5073 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5074 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5075 * different channels may be used within this group. 5076 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5077 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5078 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5079 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5080 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5081 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5082 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5083 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5084 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5085 * 5086 * Examples: 5087 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5088 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5089 * 5090 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5091 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5092 * 5093 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5094 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5095 * 5096 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5097 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5098 * 5099 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5100 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5101 * that any of these groups must match. 5102 * 5103 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5104 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5105 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5106 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5107 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5108 */ 5109 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5110 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5111 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5112 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5113 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5114 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5115 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5116 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5117 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5118 5119 /* keep last */ 5120 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5121 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5122 }; 5123 5124 5125 /** 5126 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5127 * 5128 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5129 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5130 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5131 * this mesh peer 5132 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5133 * from this mesh peer 5134 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5135 * received from this mesh peer 5136 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5137 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5138 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5139 * plink are discarded 5140 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5141 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5142 */ 5143 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5144 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5145 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5146 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5147 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5148 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5149 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5150 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5151 5152 /* keep last */ 5153 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5154 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5155 }; 5156 5157 /** 5158 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5159 * 5160 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5161 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5162 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5163 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5164 */ 5165 enum plink_actions { 5166 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5167 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5168 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5169 5170 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5171 }; 5172 5173 5174 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5175 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5176 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5177 5178 /** 5179 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5180 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5181 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5182 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5183 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5184 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5185 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5186 */ 5187 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5188 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5189 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5190 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5191 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5192 5193 /* keep last */ 5194 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5195 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5196 }; 5197 5198 /** 5199 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5200 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5201 * Beacon frames) 5202 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5203 * in Beacon frames 5204 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5205 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5206 */ 5207 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5208 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5209 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5210 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5211 }; 5212 5213 /** 5214 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5215 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5216 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5217 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5218 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5219 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5220 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5221 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5222 */ 5223 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5224 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5225 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5226 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5227 5228 /* keep last */ 5229 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5230 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5231 }; 5232 5233 /** 5234 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5235 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5236 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5237 * priority) 5238 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5239 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5240 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5241 * (internal) 5242 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5243 * (internal) 5244 */ 5245 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5246 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5247 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5248 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5249 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5250 5251 /* keep last */ 5252 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5253 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5254 }; 5255 5256 /** 5257 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5258 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5259 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5260 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5261 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5262 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5263 */ 5264 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5265 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5266 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5267 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5268 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5269 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5270 }; 5271 5272 /* 5273 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5274 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5275 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5276 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5277 }; 5278 */ 5279 5280 /** 5281 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5282 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5283 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5284 * socket option. 5285 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5287 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5288 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5289 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5290 * cellular base stations. 5291 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5292 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5293 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5294 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5295 * mode 5296 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5298 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5300 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5301 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5302 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5303 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5304 * setting 5305 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5306 * powersave 5307 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5308 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5309 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5310 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5311 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5312 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5313 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5314 * states using station flags. 5315 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5316 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5317 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5319 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5321 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5322 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5323 * still generated by the driver. 5324 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5325 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5326 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5327 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5328 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5329 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5330 * lifetime of a BSS. 5331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5332 * Set IE to probe requests. 5333 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5334 * to probe requests. 5335 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5336 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5337 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5338 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5339 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5340 * Measurement Report action frame. 5341 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5342 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5343 * to enable dynack. 5344 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5345 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5346 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5347 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5348 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5349 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5350 * rts/cts handshake. 5351 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5352 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5353 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5354 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5355 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5356 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5357 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5358 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5359 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5360 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5361 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5362 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5363 * address mask/value will be used. 5364 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5365 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5366 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5367 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5368 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5369 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5370 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5371 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5372 */ 5373 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5374 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5375 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5376 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5377 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5378 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5379 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5380 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5381 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5382 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5383 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5384 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5385 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5386 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5387 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5388 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5389 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5390 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5391 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5392 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5393 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5394 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5395 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5396 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5397 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5398 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5399 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5400 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5401 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5402 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5403 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5404 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5405 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5406 }; 5407 5408 /** 5409 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5410 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5412 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5413 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5414 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5415 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5417 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5418 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5419 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5420 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5421 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5423 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5424 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5425 * (if available). 5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5427 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5428 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5429 * (if available). 5430 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5431 * channel dwell time. 5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5433 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5434 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5435 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5437 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5438 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5439 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5440 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5441 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5443 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5445 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5446 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5448 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5449 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5450 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5451 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5453 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5454 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5455 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5456 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5457 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5458 * be supported. 5459 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5460 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5461 * actual dwell time. 5462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5463 * response 5464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5465 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5466 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5467 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5469 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5470 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5473 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5474 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5475 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5476 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5477 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5478 * "radar detected" event. 5479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5480 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5481 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5482 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5484 * TXQs. 5485 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5486 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5487 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5488 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5489 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5490 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5491 * timing measurement responder role. 5492 * 5493 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5494 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5495 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5496 * freeze the connection. 5497 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5498 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5499 * 5500 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5501 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5502 * scheduling. 5503 * 5504 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5505 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5506 * 5507 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5508 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5509 * 5510 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5511 * to a station. 5512 * 5513 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5514 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5515 * 5516 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5517 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5518 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5519 * 5520 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5521 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5522 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5523 * 5524 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5525 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5526 */ 5527 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5534 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5535 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5536 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5537 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5538 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5539 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5540 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5541 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5542 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5543 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5544 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5545 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5546 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5547 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5548 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5549 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5550 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5551 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5552 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5553 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5554 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5555 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5556 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5557 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5558 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5560 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5566 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5567 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5568 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5569 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5570 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5571 5572 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5573 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5574 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5575 }; 5576 5577 /** 5578 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5579 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5580 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5581 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5582 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5583 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5584 * to the host. 5585 * 5586 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5587 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5588 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5589 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5590 */ 5591 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5592 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5593 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5594 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5595 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5596 }; 5597 5598 /** 5599 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5600 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5601 * handled by the AP is reached. 5602 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5603 */ 5604 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5605 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5606 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5607 }; 5608 5609 /** 5610 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5611 * 5612 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5613 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5614 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5615 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5616 */ 5617 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5618 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5619 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5620 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5621 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5622 }; 5623 5624 /** 5625 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5626 * 5627 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5628 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5629 * requests. 5630 * 5631 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5632 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5633 * one of them can be used in the request. 5634 * 5635 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5636 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5637 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5638 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5639 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5640 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5641 * when really needed 5642 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5643 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5644 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5645 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5646 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5647 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5648 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5649 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5650 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5651 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5652 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5653 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5654 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5655 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5656 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5657 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5658 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5659 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5660 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5661 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5662 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5663 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5664 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5665 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5666 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5667 * impacted with this flag. 5668 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5669 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5670 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5671 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5672 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5673 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5674 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5675 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5676 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5677 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5678 * possible. 5679 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5680 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5681 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5682 */ 5683 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5684 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5685 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5686 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5687 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5688 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5689 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5690 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5691 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5692 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5693 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5694 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5695 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5696 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5697 }; 5698 5699 /** 5700 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5701 * 5702 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5703 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5704 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5705 * 5706 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5707 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5708 * in ACL to authenticate. 5709 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5710 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5711 */ 5712 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5713 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5714 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5715 }; 5716 5717 /** 5718 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5719 * 5720 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5721 * 5722 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5723 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5724 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5725 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5726 */ 5727 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5728 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5729 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5730 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5731 5732 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5733 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5734 }; 5735 5736 /** 5737 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5738 * 5739 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5740 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5741 * 5742 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5743 * now unusable. 5744 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5745 * the channel is now available. 5746 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5747 * change to the channel status. 5748 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5749 * over, channel becomes usable. 5750 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5751 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5752 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5753 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5754 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5755 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5756 */ 5757 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5758 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5759 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5760 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5761 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5762 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5763 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5764 }; 5765 5766 /** 5767 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5768 * 5769 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5770 * 5771 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5772 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5773 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5774 * is therefore marked as not available. 5775 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5776 */ 5777 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5778 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5779 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5780 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5781 }; 5782 5783 /** 5784 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5785 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5786 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5787 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5788 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5789 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5790 */ 5791 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5792 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5793 }; 5794 5795 /** 5796 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5797 * 5798 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5799 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5800 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5801 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5802 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5803 */ 5804 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5805 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5806 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5807 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5808 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5809 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5810 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5811 }; 5812 5813 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5814 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5815 5816 /** 5817 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5818 * 5819 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5820 * 5821 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5822 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5823 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5824 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5825 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5826 */ 5827 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5828 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5829 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5830 }; 5831 5832 /* 5833 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5834 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5835 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5836 */ 5837 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5838 5839 /** 5840 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5841 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5842 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5843 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5844 * added to this file when needed. 5845 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5846 */ 5847 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5848 __u32 vendor_id; 5849 __u32 subcmd; 5850 }; 5851 5852 /** 5853 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5854 * 5855 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5856 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5857 * 5858 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5859 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5860 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5861 */ 5862 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5863 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5864 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5865 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5866 }; 5867 5868 /** 5869 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5870 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5871 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5872 * seconds (u32). 5873 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5874 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5875 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5876 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5877 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5878 * currently defined 5879 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5880 */ 5881 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5882 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5883 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5884 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5885 5886 /* keep last */ 5887 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5888 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5889 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5890 }; 5891 5892 /** 5893 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5894 * 5895 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5896 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5897 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5898 */ 5899 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5900 __u8 band; 5901 __s8 delta; 5902 } __attribute__((packed)); 5903 5904 /** 5905 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5906 * 5907 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5908 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5909 * is requested. 5910 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5911 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5912 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5913 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5914 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5915 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5916 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5917 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5918 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5919 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5920 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5921 * 5922 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5923 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5924 * which the driver shall use. 5925 */ 5926 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5927 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5928 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5929 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5930 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5931 5932 /* keep last */ 5933 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5934 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5935 }; 5936 5937 /** 5938 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5939 * 5940 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5941 * 5942 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5943 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5944 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5945 */ 5946 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5947 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5948 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5949 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5950 5951 /* keep last */ 5952 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5953 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5954 }; 5955 5956 /** 5957 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5958 * 5959 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5960 * 5961 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5962 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5963 */ 5964 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5965 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5966 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5967 }; 5968 5969 /** 5970 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5971 * 5972 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5973 * 5974 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5975 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5976 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5977 */ 5978 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5979 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5980 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5981 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5982 }; 5983 5984 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5985 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5986 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5987 5988 /** 5989 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5990 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5991 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5992 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5993 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5994 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5995 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5996 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5997 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5998 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5999 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6000 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6001 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6002 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6003 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6004 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6005 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6006 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6007 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6008 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6009 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6010 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6011 * This is a flag. 6012 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6013 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6014 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6015 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6016 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6017 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6018 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6019 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6020 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6021 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6022 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6023 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6024 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6025 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6026 * 6027 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6028 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6029 */ 6030 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6031 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6032 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6033 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6034 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6035 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6036 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6037 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6038 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6039 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6040 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6041 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6042 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6043 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6044 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6045 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6046 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6047 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6048 6049 /* keep last */ 6050 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6051 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6052 }; 6053 6054 /** 6055 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6056 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6057 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6058 * This is a flag. 6059 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6060 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6061 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6062 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6063 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6064 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6065 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6066 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6067 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6068 */ 6069 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6070 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6071 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6072 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6073 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6074 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6075 6076 /* keep last */ 6077 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6078 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6079 }; 6080 6081 /** 6082 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6083 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6084 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6085 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6086 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6087 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6088 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6089 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6090 * 6091 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6092 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6093 */ 6094 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6095 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6096 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6097 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6098 6099 /* keep last */ 6100 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6101 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6102 }; 6103 6104 /** 6105 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6106 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6107 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6108 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6109 */ 6110 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6111 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6112 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6113 }; 6114 6115 /** 6116 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6117 * responder attributes 6118 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6119 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6120 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6121 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6122 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6123 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6124 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6125 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6126 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6127 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6128 */ 6129 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6130 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6131 6132 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6133 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6134 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6135 6136 /* keep last */ 6137 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6138 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6139 }; 6140 6141 /* 6142 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6143 * 6144 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6145 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6146 * 6147 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6148 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6149 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6150 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6151 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6152 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6153 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6154 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6155 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6156 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6157 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6158 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6159 * phase with the responder (u32) 6160 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6161 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6162 * FTM slot (u32) 6163 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6164 * scheduled window (u32) 6165 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6166 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6167 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6168 */ 6169 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6170 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6171 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6172 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6173 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6174 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6175 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6176 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6177 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6178 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6179 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6180 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6181 6182 /* keep last */ 6183 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6184 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6185 }; 6186 6187 /** 6188 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6189 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6190 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6191 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6192 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6193 */ 6194 enum nl80211_preamble { 6195 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6196 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6197 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6198 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6199 }; 6200 6201 /** 6202 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6203 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6204 * these numbers also for attributes 6205 * 6206 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6207 * 6208 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6209 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6210 */ 6211 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6212 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6213 6214 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6215 6216 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6217 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6218 }; 6219 6220 /** 6221 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6222 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6223 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6224 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6225 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6226 * reason may be available in the response data 6227 */ 6228 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6229 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6230 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6231 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6232 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6233 }; 6234 6235 /** 6236 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6237 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6238 * 6239 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6240 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6241 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6242 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6243 * (flag attribute) 6244 * 6245 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6246 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6247 */ 6248 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6249 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6250 6251 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6252 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6253 6254 /* keep last */ 6255 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6256 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6257 }; 6258 6259 /** 6260 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6261 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6262 * 6263 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6264 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6265 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6266 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6267 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6268 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6269 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6270 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6271 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6272 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6273 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6274 * (u64, usec) 6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6276 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6277 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6278 * result. 6279 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6280 * 6281 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6282 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6283 */ 6284 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6285 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6286 6287 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6288 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6289 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6290 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6291 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6292 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6293 6294 /* keep last */ 6295 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6296 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6297 }; 6298 6299 /** 6300 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6301 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6302 * 6303 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6305 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6306 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6307 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6308 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6309 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6310 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6311 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6312 * 6313 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6314 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6315 */ 6316 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6317 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6318 6319 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6320 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6321 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6322 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6323 6324 /* keep last */ 6325 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6326 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6327 }; 6328 6329 /** 6330 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6331 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6332 * 6333 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6334 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6335 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6337 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6338 * measurement results 6339 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6340 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6342 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6343 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6344 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6345 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6346 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6347 * sub-attributes taken from 6348 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6349 * 6350 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6351 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6352 */ 6353 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6354 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6355 6356 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6357 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6358 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6359 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6360 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6361 6362 /* keep last */ 6363 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6364 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6365 }; 6366 6367 /** 6368 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6369 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6370 * 6371 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6372 * is supported 6373 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6374 * mode is supported 6375 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6376 * data can be requested during the measurement 6377 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6378 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6379 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6380 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6382 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6383 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6384 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6385 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6386 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6387 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6388 * is valid) 6389 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6390 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6391 * 6392 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6394 */ 6395 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6396 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6397 6398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6399 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6400 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6401 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6402 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6404 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6405 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6406 6407 /* keep last */ 6408 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6409 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6410 }; 6411 6412 /** 6413 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6414 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6415 * 6416 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6418 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6420 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6421 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6423 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6424 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6425 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6426 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6428 * requested per burst 6429 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6430 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6431 * (u8, default 3) 6432 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6433 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6434 * (flag) 6435 * 6436 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6437 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6438 */ 6439 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6440 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6441 6442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6443 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6444 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6445 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6446 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6447 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6448 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6449 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6450 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6451 6452 /* keep last */ 6453 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6454 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6455 }; 6456 6457 /** 6458 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6461 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6463 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6464 * try and get no response) 6465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6466 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6467 * received 6468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6469 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6471 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6472 */ 6473 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6480 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6481 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6482 }; 6483 6484 /** 6485 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6486 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6487 * 6488 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6489 * (u32, optional) 6490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6491 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6492 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6494 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6495 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6496 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6497 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6498 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6499 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6500 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6501 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6502 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6503 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6504 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6505 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6506 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6507 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6508 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6510 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6511 * attributes) 6512 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6513 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6514 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6515 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6516 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6517 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6518 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6519 * optional) 6520 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6521 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6522 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6523 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6524 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6525 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6526 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6527 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6528 * Type 8. 6529 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6530 * (binary, optional); 6531 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6532 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6533 * Type 11. 6534 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6535 * 6536 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6537 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6538 */ 6539 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6540 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6541 6542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6543 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6544 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6545 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6546 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6547 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6548 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6549 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6550 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6551 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6552 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6553 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6554 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6555 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6556 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6557 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6558 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6559 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6560 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6561 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6562 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6563 6564 /* keep last */ 6565 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6566 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6567 }; 6568 6569 /** 6570 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6571 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6572 * 6573 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6574 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6575 * 6576 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6577 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6578 */ 6579 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6580 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6581 6582 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6583 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6584 6585 /* keep last */ 6586 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6587 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6588 }; 6589 6590 6591 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6592